1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
68 /* readline include files */
69 #include "readline/readline.h"
70 #include "readline/history.h"
72 /* readline defines this. */
75 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
76 #include "python/python.h"
78 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
79 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
80 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
113 struct symtab_and_line
,
116 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
118 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
122 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
123 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
124 struct obj_section
*, int);
126 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
128 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
131 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
132 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
134 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
135 struct address_space
*aspace
,
138 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
143 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
145 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151 static void condition_command (char *, int);
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
165 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
167 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
175 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
181 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
189 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
190 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
192 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
194 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
199 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
200 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
203 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
205 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
211 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
229 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
230 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
231 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
232 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
235 breakpoints share a single command list. */
236 struct counted_command_line
238 /* The reference count. */
241 /* The command list. */
242 struct command_line
*commands
;
245 struct command_line
*
246 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
248 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
251 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
252 current breakpoint. */
254 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
257 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
259 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
260 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
267 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
268 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
269 if such is available. */
270 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
273 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
274 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
277 fprintf_filtered (file
,
278 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
279 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
283 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
284 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
285 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
286 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
287 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
289 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
290 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
293 fprintf_filtered (file
,
294 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
295 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
299 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
300 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
301 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
302 use hardware breakpoints. */
303 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
305 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
309 fprintf_filtered (file
,
310 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
314 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
315 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
316 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
317 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
318 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
321 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
322 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
323 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
324 always_inserted_auto
,
329 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
331 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
334 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
337 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
346 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
349 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
352 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
355 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
357 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
358 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
360 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
361 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
363 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
365 current breakpoint. */
367 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
370 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
371 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
374 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
375 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
376 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
379 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
380 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
383 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
386 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
387 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
393 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
397 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
401 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
402 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
403 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
404 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
405 an address you need to read. */
407 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
409 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
410 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
411 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
412 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
413 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
417 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
418 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
422 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424 static int breakpoint_count
;
426 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
427 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
428 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
429 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
430 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
432 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434 static int tracepoint_count
;
436 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
437 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
438 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
440 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
444 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
447 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
450 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
452 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
453 breakpoint_count
= num
;
454 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
457 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
458 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
459 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
465 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
470 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
474 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
479 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
482 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 struct breakpoint
*b
;
490 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
491 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493 static struct counted_command_line
*
494 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
496 struct counted_command_line
*result
497 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
500 result
->commands
= commands
;
504 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
507 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
513 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
514 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
515 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
518 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
522 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
524 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
531 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
534 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
536 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
539 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
542 static struct cleanup
*
543 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
545 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
548 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
549 for "break" command with no arg.
550 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
551 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
556 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
557 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
558 int default_breakpoint_line
;
559 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
562 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
563 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
566 get_breakpoint (int num
)
568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
571 if (b
->number
== num
)
580 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
583 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
585 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
590 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
591 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
598 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
604 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
605 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
606 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
607 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
609 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
611 innermost_block
= NULL
;
613 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
615 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
616 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
620 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
624 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
626 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
630 breakpoints_changed ();
631 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
634 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
637 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
644 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
647 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
649 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
652 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
654 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
655 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
656 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
657 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
660 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
661 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
662 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
666 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
669 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
670 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
671 Throw if any such commands is found. */
674 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
676 struct command_line
*c
;
678 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
682 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
683 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
684 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
687 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
689 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
690 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
693 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
696 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
700 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
703 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
705 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
706 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
707 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
710 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
711 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
715 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
716 struct command_line
*commands
)
718 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
720 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
721 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
722 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
723 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
724 struct command_line
*c
;
725 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
726 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
728 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
730 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
732 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
733 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
734 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
735 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
738 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
739 "can be used only once"));
746 struct command_line
*c2
;
748 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
749 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
750 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
752 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
753 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
759 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
763 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
764 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
767 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
770 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
771 struct bp_location
*loc
;
774 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
776 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
777 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
778 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
784 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
785 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
788 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
789 struct command_line
*commands
)
791 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
793 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
794 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
795 breakpoints_changed ();
796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
799 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
800 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
804 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
806 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
809 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
810 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
813 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
814 breakpoint work for any thread. */
817 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
819 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
822 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
823 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
826 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
827 breakpoint work for any task. */
830 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
832 int old_task
= b
->task
;
835 if (old_task
!= task
)
836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
840 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
842 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
844 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
847 /* A structure used to pass information through
848 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
852 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
855 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
858 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
859 already-parsed command. */
860 struct command_line
*control
;
862 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
867 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
871 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
873 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
875 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
877 struct command_line
*l
;
879 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
880 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
883 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
886 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
887 "%s, one per line."),
890 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
892 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
895 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
898 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
901 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
904 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
908 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
909 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
910 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
911 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
912 breakpoints_changed ();
913 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
918 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
919 struct command_line
*control
)
921 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
922 struct commands_info info
;
924 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
925 info
.control
= control
;
927 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
928 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
929 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
931 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
933 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
934 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
936 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
937 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
940 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
941 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
942 numbers will fail in this case. */
947 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
952 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
956 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
958 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
959 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
965 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
967 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
970 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
971 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
974 that are part of if and while bodies. */
975 enum command_control_type
976 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
978 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
979 return simple_control
;
982 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
985 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
987 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
991 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
992 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
997 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
998 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1001 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1002 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1003 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1004 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1005 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1006 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1007 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1012 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1014 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1018 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1019 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1020 report higher one. */
1023 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1024 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1026 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1028 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1029 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1031 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1032 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1033 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1034 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1037 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1038 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1049 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1050 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1051 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1052 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1053 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1056 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1059 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1060 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1063 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1066 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1070 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1071 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1075 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1076 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1077 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1080 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1083 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1084 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1085 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1088 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1090 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1091 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1094 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1097 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1099 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1100 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1104 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1105 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1109 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1110 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1112 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1113 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1114 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1118 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1120 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1121 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1124 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1125 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1130 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1133 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1135 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1136 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1137 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1140 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1144 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1146 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1147 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1150 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1151 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1152 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1153 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1154 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1155 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1156 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1157 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1161 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1163 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1164 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1165 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1168 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1169 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1172 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1174 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1176 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1178 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1179 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1180 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1181 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1182 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1184 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1187 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1188 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1189 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1190 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1195 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1198 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1199 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1200 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1201 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1202 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1203 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1204 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1205 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1208 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1209 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1210 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1211 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1212 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1213 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1214 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1217 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1218 hardware watchpoints:
1220 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1221 called several times when GDB stops.
1224 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1225 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1226 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1227 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1228 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1229 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1230 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1231 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1232 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1233 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1234 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1237 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1240 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1242 int within_current_scope
;
1243 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1246 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1248 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1249 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1250 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1251 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1254 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1259 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1260 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1261 within_current_scope
= 1;
1264 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1265 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1266 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1268 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1269 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1270 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1271 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1274 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1275 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1276 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1277 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1280 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1282 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1283 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1284 if (within_current_scope
)
1288 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1289 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1290 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1293 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1302 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1303 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1304 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1305 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1306 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1307 be completely different objects. */
1308 value_free (b
->val
);
1312 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1313 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1314 locations (re)created below. */
1315 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1317 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1319 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1324 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1328 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1329 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1330 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1331 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1332 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1333 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1335 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1336 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1337 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1342 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1343 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1345 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1347 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1348 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1349 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1350 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1351 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1359 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1361 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1362 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1364 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1365 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1366 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1367 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1368 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1369 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1370 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1372 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1374 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1375 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1376 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1379 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1383 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1385 addr
= value_address (v
);
1386 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1388 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1390 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1393 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1394 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1397 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1399 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1400 loc
->address
= addr
;
1402 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1407 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1408 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1409 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1414 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1415 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1417 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1421 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1423 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1424 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1425 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1427 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1428 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1429 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1430 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1431 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1432 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1435 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1437 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (b
->type
, &other_type_used
);
1438 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1439 (b
->type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1440 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1442 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1443 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1444 int sw_mode
= (!b
->ops
|| !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1445 || b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
));
1447 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1448 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1449 "hardware watchpoint."));
1450 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1451 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1452 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1457 else if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1458 && !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1459 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1460 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1464 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1465 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1466 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1467 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1470 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1472 next
= value_next (v
);
1477 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1478 above left it without any location set up. But,
1479 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1480 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1481 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1483 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1484 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1485 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1486 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1487 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1490 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1492 printf_filtered (_("\
1493 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1494 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1499 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1505 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1506 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1510 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1513 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1516 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1519 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1520 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1521 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1522 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1523 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1524 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1525 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1526 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1527 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1530 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1538 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1539 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1540 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1543 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1546 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1547 int *disabled_breaks
,
1548 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1552 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1555 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1556 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1557 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1558 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1559 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1562 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1564 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1566 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1567 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1568 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570 Two important cases are:
1571 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1572 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1573 hardware breakpoint.
1574 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1575 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1576 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1579 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1580 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1581 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1582 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 struct mem_region
*mr
1585 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1589 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1591 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1593 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1594 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1596 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1598 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1600 static int said
= 0;
1602 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1605 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1606 _("Note: automatically using "
1607 "hardware breakpoints for "
1608 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1613 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1614 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1615 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1616 "at readonly address %s"),
1617 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1621 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1622 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1623 || bl
->section
== NULL
1624 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1626 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1629 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1632 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1637 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1638 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1639 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1641 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1642 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1643 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1644 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1645 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1649 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1651 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1652 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1653 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1654 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1655 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1658 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1659 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1663 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1664 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1666 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1667 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1668 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1671 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1676 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1677 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1684 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1685 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1687 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1691 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1694 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1697 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1698 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1701 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1702 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1706 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1708 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1709 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1710 "Cannot insert hardware "
1716 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1717 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1720 "Error accessing memory address ");
1721 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1723 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1724 safe_strerror (val
));
1735 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1736 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1737 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1738 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1740 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1741 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1743 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1747 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1749 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1756 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1761 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1762 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1769 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1770 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1773 /* Back to the original value. */
1774 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1778 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1781 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1784 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1786 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1789 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1793 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1794 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1796 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1799 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1801 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1802 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1803 so just return success. */
1810 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1811 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1815 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1817 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1818 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1820 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1823 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1827 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1828 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1831 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1833 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1835 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1836 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1837 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1839 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1840 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1842 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1848 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1849 removed locations above. */
1850 update_global_location_list (0);
1853 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1854 Throws exception on any error.
1855 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1856 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1863 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1864 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866 update_global_location_list (1);
1868 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1869 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1872 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1875 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1876 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1877 Both return zero if successful,
1878 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1881 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1884 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1887 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1888 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1890 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1891 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1893 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1894 there was an error. */
1895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1897 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1901 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1904 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1905 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1906 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1907 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1908 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1911 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1913 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1914 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1915 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1916 insert breakpoints. */
1917 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1918 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1921 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1922 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1927 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1928 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1931 int some_failed
= 0;
1932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1934 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1940 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1943 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1944 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1951 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1953 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1955 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1956 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1957 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1965 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1966 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1967 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1969 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1970 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1971 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1974 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1977 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1981 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1989 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
1994 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1997 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2001 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2005 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2010 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2019 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2021 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2022 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2024 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2025 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2026 struct inferior
*inf
;
2027 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2029 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2033 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2034 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2036 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2038 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2039 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2041 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2043 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2049 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2052 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2057 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2061 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2063 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2064 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2065 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2066 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2067 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2068 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2070 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2073 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2076 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2077 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2081 static struct breakpoint
*
2082 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2083 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2085 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2086 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2088 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2091 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2092 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2094 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2095 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2096 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2101 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2103 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2105 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2107 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2108 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2110 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2111 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2113 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2114 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2116 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2117 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2119 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2120 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2123 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2125 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2126 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2128 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2131 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2133 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2136 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2137 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2139 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2140 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2142 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2144 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2145 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2147 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2148 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2150 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2151 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2153 return bp_objfile_data
;
2157 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2159 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2160 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2162 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2164 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2165 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2168 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2170 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2173 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2175 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2177 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2180 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2181 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2184 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2187 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2188 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2190 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2192 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2194 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2195 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2199 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2200 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2203 update_global_location_list (1);
2207 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2209 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2210 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2212 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2214 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2216 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2218 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2220 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2223 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2224 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2226 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2227 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2230 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2232 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2234 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2235 const char *func_name
;
2238 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2241 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2242 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2244 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2246 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2249 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2250 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2253 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2256 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2257 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
2258 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2263 update_global_location_list (1);
2265 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2272 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2274 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2276 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2280 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2283 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2295 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2297 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2300 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2304 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2307 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2310 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2312 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2318 update_global_location_list (1);
2320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2329 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2334 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2338 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2340 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2343 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2345 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2347 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2349 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2350 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2352 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2356 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2359 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2360 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2363 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2364 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2367 update_global_location_list (1);
2371 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2373 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2374 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2376 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2377 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2378 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2379 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2380 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2381 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2382 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2383 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2384 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2385 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2386 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2390 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2393 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2394 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2396 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2400 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2401 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2403 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2407 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2408 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2409 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2410 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2411 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2413 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2417 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2418 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2420 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2424 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2426 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2427 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2429 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2433 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2435 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2436 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2437 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2438 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2442 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2443 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2444 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2445 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2446 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2447 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2449 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2450 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2451 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2452 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2453 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2454 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2455 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2457 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2458 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2459 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2460 let finish_command delete it.
2462 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2463 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2464 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2465 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2466 solib breakpoints.) */
2468 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2473 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2474 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2476 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2478 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2482 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2483 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2484 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2485 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2490 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2492 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2495 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2497 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2498 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2500 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2501 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2502 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2504 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2508 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2511 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2512 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2514 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2518 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2519 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2520 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2521 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2522 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2525 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2529 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2530 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2532 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2533 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2536 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2537 This should not ever happen. */
2538 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2540 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2541 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2543 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2544 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2545 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2547 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2548 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2549 || bl
->section
== NULL
2550 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2552 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2554 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2555 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2557 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2561 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2562 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2563 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2565 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2566 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2568 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2569 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2570 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2571 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2572 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2574 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2575 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2577 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2578 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2581 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2582 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2583 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2584 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2585 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2586 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2589 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2590 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2591 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2592 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2593 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2600 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2605 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2606 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2607 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2608 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2613 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2615 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2617 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2618 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2620 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2621 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2623 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2624 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2625 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2628 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2629 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2632 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2633 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2635 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2639 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2646 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2649 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2651 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2652 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2654 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2655 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2658 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2659 This should not ever happen. */
2660 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2662 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2664 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2666 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2668 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2672 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2675 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2677 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2680 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2684 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2685 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2687 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2690 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2691 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2692 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2697 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2699 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2700 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2702 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2704 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2706 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2711 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2712 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2713 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2719 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2726 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2727 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2730 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2732 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2734 case bp_shlib_event
:
2736 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2737 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2738 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2739 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2740 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2742 (gdb) file prog-linux
2743 (gdb) run # native linux target
2746 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2747 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2750 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2754 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2755 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2756 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2758 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2759 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2760 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2761 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2763 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2764 insert_breakpoints. */
2766 value_free (b
->val
);
2776 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2777 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2778 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2779 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2782 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2783 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2784 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2785 match, not program space. */
2787 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2788 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2789 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2790 permanent breakpoint.
2791 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2792 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2793 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2794 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2795 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2797 enum breakpoint_here
2798 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2800 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2801 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2805 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2806 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2809 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2810 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2811 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2812 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2814 if (overlay_debugging
2815 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2816 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2817 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2818 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2819 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2821 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2825 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2828 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2831 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2833 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2836 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2837 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2843 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2844 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2845 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2846 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2849 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2852 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2854 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2856 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2857 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2861 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2863 if (overlay_debugging
2864 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2865 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2866 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2874 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2875 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2878 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2880 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2883 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2889 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2893 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2896 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2900 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2904 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2907 if (overlay_debugging
2908 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2909 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2910 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2916 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2917 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2924 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2925 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2927 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2931 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2933 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2934 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2940 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2941 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2945 /* Check for intersection. */
2946 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2947 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2955 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2956 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2959 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2962 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2963 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2969 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2970 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2973 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2975 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2978 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2981 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2983 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2984 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2985 it is now time to do so. */
2987 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2988 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2992 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2994 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2995 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2996 it is now time to do so. */
2998 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2999 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3003 if (overlay_debugging
3004 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3005 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3006 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3015 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3019 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3021 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3024 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3028 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3030 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3031 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3032 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3033 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3037 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3038 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3041 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3058 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3059 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3062 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3066 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3071 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3073 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3074 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3075 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3076 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3077 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3079 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3080 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3084 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3094 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3097 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3102 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3104 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3110 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3111 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3112 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3113 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3115 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3116 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3118 Return 1 otherwise. */
3121 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3123 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3126 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3128 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3129 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3130 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3131 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3132 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3134 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3136 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3140 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3143 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3145 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3147 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3148 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3149 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3151 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3157 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3160 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3162 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3164 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3166 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3167 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3168 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3169 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3170 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3174 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3177 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3180 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3182 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3185 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3186 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3187 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3188 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3190 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3191 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3192 bpstat of the current thread. */
3195 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3198 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3201 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3203 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3206 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3207 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3209 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3211 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3214 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3215 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3217 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3218 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3219 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3221 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3223 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3224 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3225 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3226 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3227 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3228 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3229 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3230 the tree when we're done. */
3231 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3232 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3234 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3235 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3236 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3240 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3242 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3248 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3249 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3251 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3253 if (target_can_async_p ())
3254 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3255 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3256 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3259 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3260 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3261 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3262 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3263 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3264 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3265 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3266 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3267 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3268 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3269 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3270 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3271 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3276 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3281 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3283 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3284 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3285 && target_has_execution
3286 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3287 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3288 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3289 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3290 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3291 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3292 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3296 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3299 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3302 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3305 struct value_print_options opts
;
3306 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3307 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3311 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3312 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3313 by having it set different print_it values.
3315 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3316 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3317 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3319 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3321 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3322 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3323 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3324 don't print anything else.
3325 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3326 that something to be followed by a location.
3327 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3328 that something to be followed by a location.
3329 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3332 static enum print_stop_action
3333 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3335 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3336 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3337 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3338 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3340 enum print_stop_action result
;
3342 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3344 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3345 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3347 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3348 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3353 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3354 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3355 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3356 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3359 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3366 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3367 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3368 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3370 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3371 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3372 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3375 case bp_shlib_event
:
3376 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3377 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3378 to shlib event" message.) */
3379 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3380 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3383 case bp_thread_event
:
3384 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3385 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3386 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3387 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3390 case bp_overlay_event
:
3391 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3392 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3393 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3396 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3397 /* These should never be enabled. */
3398 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3399 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3402 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3403 /* These should never be enabled. */
3404 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3405 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3406 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3409 case bp_exception_master
:
3410 /* These should never be enabled. */
3411 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3412 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3413 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3417 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3418 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3424 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3425 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3426 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3427 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3428 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3429 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3430 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3431 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3432 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3433 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3436 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3437 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3440 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3442 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3443 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3444 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3445 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3446 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3447 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3450 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3451 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3453 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3457 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3459 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3461 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3462 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3472 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3475 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3476 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3477 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3478 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3481 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3488 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3489 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3493 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3497 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3502 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3504 case bp_exception_resume
:
3505 case bp_step_resume
:
3506 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
3507 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3509 case bp_std_terminate
:
3511 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
3516 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3520 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3524 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3525 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3526 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3527 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3530 static enum print_stop_action
3531 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3533 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3536 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3537 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3541 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3542 relevant messages. */
3543 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3546 case print_it_normal
:
3548 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3550 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3551 which has since been deleted. */
3553 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3555 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3556 print_it_typical. */
3557 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3558 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3560 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3565 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3566 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3571 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3572 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3573 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3574 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3575 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3576 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3579 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3580 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3581 code to print the location. An example is
3582 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3585 to also print the location part of the message.
3586 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3587 don't require a location appended to the end.
3588 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3589 further info to be printed. */
3591 enum print_stop_action
3592 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3596 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3597 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3598 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3599 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3600 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3602 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3603 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3604 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3605 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3609 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3610 with and nothing was printed. */
3611 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3614 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3615 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3616 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3617 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3620 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3622 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3623 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3625 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3629 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3632 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3636 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3638 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3639 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3640 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3641 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3642 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3643 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3644 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3645 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3647 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3651 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3652 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3655 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3657 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3659 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3661 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3663 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3664 as not triggered. */
3666 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3667 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3672 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3674 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3675 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3677 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3678 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3680 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3683 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3684 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3688 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3690 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3692 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3693 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3695 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc
->owner
))
3697 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3698 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3700 if (newaddr
== start
)
3702 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3706 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3707 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3711 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3720 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3721 because of check_errors). */
3722 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3723 #define WP_DELETED 1
3724 /* The value has changed. */
3725 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3726 /* The value has not changed. */
3727 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3728 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3731 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3732 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3734 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3737 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3738 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3741 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3743 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3744 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3745 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3746 int within_current_scope
;
3748 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3749 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3750 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3752 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
3754 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3755 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3756 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3757 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3760 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3761 within_current_scope
= 1;
3764 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3765 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3766 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3768 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3769 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3770 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3771 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3772 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3773 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3774 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3775 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3776 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3777 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3780 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3781 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3783 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3784 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3785 if (within_current_scope
)
3787 struct symbol
*function
;
3789 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3790 if (function
== NULL
3791 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3792 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3793 within_current_scope
= 0;
3796 if (within_current_scope
)
3797 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3798 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3803 if (within_current_scope
)
3805 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3806 time before we return to the command level and call
3807 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3808 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3812 struct value
*new_val
;
3814 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3815 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3816 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3817 a mask watchpoint. */
3818 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3820 mark
= value_mark ();
3821 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3823 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3824 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3825 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3826 not what we want. */
3827 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3828 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3830 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3832 release_value (new_val
);
3833 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3835 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3838 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3842 /* Nothing changed. */
3843 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3844 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3849 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3850 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3851 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3852 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3853 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3854 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3855 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3856 the first value assigned). */
3857 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3858 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3859 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3860 information here. */
3861 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3863 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3865 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3867 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3868 which its expression is valid.\n");
3870 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3871 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
3872 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3878 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3879 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3880 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3882 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3883 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3885 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3887 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3888 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3890 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
)
3891 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3893 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3895 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3898 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3899 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3900 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3902 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3905 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3906 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3907 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3911 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3912 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3913 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3914 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3915 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3916 (did not match the data address). */
3918 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3919 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3922 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3924 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3926 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3927 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3928 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3935 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3936 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3939 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3941 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3942 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3944 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3945 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3946 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3947 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3948 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3950 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3952 int must_check_value
= 0;
3954 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3955 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3957 must_check_value
= 1;
3958 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3959 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3960 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3962 must_check_value
= 1;
3963 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3964 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3965 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3966 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3967 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3968 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3969 must_check_value
= 1;
3971 if (must_check_value
)
3974 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3976 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3977 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3979 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3983 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3984 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3988 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3991 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3992 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3994 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3996 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3997 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3998 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3999 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4000 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4001 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4002 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4005 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4006 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4009 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4010 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4011 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4012 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4014 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4015 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4016 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4019 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4020 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4021 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4022 changes. This still gives false positives when
4023 the program writes the same value to memory as
4024 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4025 it for a read), but it's much better than
4028 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4030 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4032 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4035 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4036 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4037 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4038 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4040 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4045 if (other_write_watchpoint
4046 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4048 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4049 and the value changed since the last time we
4050 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4052 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4057 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4058 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4059 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4061 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4062 the value hasn't changed. */
4063 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4071 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4072 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4073 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4074 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4075 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4079 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4081 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4082 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4083 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4084 anything for this watchpoint. */
4085 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4092 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4093 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4094 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4097 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4099 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4100 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4101 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4103 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4104 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4105 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4106 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4107 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4109 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4110 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4114 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4115 struct expression
*cond
;
4117 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4118 method implemented. */
4119 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4120 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4122 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4127 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4129 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4131 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4132 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4133 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4134 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4136 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4138 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4139 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4140 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4141 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4142 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4144 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4145 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4148 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4150 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4151 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4152 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4153 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4154 really matter which instantiation of the function
4155 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4156 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4157 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4158 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4159 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4160 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4161 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4162 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4164 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4166 select_frame (frame
);
4168 within_current_scope
= 0;
4170 if (within_current_scope
)
4172 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4173 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4177 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4178 "in the current scope"));
4179 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4180 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4183 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4184 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4187 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4191 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4195 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4198 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4200 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4202 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4208 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4209 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4211 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4212 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4215 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4217 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4219 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4220 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4221 several reasons concurrently.)
4223 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4224 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4227 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4228 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4230 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4231 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4232 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4233 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4234 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4235 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4238 int need_remove_insert
;
4241 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4242 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4243 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4244 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4245 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4246 inferior function calls. */
4250 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4253 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4255 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4256 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4257 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4258 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4259 checked all locations already. */
4260 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4263 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4266 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4269 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4272 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4275 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4276 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4277 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4281 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4282 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4283 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4285 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4286 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4290 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4292 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4294 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4295 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4298 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4302 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4303 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4304 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4308 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4313 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4317 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4319 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4320 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4321 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4322 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4323 /* We do not stop for these. */
4326 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4331 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4333 /* We will stop here. */
4334 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4336 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4337 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4342 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4343 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4344 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4345 if (bs
->commands_left
4346 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4349 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4351 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4356 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4357 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4358 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4361 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4362 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4363 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4365 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4366 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4367 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4369 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4370 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4372 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4373 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4376 if (need_remove_insert
)
4377 update_global_location_list (1);
4378 else if (removed_any
)
4379 update_global_location_list (0);
4385 handle_jit_event (void)
4387 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4388 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4390 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4391 breakpoint_re_set. */
4392 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4394 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4395 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4397 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4399 target_terminal_inferior ();
4402 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4404 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4407 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4409 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4410 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4411 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4412 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4413 int shlib_event
= 0;
4417 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4418 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4419 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4421 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4423 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4424 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4425 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4428 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4430 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4431 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4434 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4437 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4444 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4450 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4455 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4458 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4459 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4460 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4464 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4466 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4470 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4471 This requires no further action. */
4476 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4477 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4479 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4480 case bp_exception_resume
:
4481 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4482 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4484 case bp_step_resume
:
4486 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4489 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4490 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4493 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4495 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4498 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4499 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4502 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4503 case bp_thread_event
:
4504 case bp_overlay_event
:
4505 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4506 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4507 case bp_exception_master
:
4508 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4514 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4516 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4520 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4521 This requires no further action. */
4524 case bp_shlib_event
:
4527 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4528 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4529 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4530 loaded objects (among other things). */
4531 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4532 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4534 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4538 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4541 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4542 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4543 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4544 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4546 case bp_std_terminate
:
4547 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4548 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4549 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4550 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4553 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4554 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4555 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4556 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4558 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4559 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4561 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4562 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4563 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4565 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4566 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4567 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4568 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4571 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4572 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4575 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4578 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4579 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4584 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4586 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4587 to be adding them automatically. */
4589 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4590 breakpoint_re_set. */
4591 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4594 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4596 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4599 target_terminal_inferior ();
4605 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4607 handle_jit_event ();
4610 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4612 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4618 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4619 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4621 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4622 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4630 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4631 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4632 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4635 bpstat_should_step (void)
4637 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4640 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4646 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4648 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4657 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4658 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4659 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4662 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4664 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4665 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4669 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4671 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4673 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4674 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4675 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4680 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4686 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4689 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4690 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4692 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4694 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4698 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4700 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4701 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4702 else if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4705 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4709 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4710 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4711 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4712 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4713 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4715 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4716 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4720 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4721 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4724 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4727 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4731 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4732 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4734 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4736 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4738 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4741 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4743 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4747 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4749 struct ep_type_description
4754 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4756 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4757 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4758 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_until
, "until"},
4760 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4761 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4762 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4766 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4767 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4768 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4769 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4770 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4771 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4772 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4773 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4774 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4775 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4776 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4777 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4778 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4779 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4780 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4781 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4782 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4785 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4789 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4790 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4791 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4792 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4795 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4798 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4801 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4802 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4804 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4807 struct command_line
*l
;
4808 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4810 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4811 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4812 struct value_print_options opts
;
4814 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4816 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4817 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4818 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4821 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4822 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4830 if (part_of_multiple
)
4833 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4834 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4839 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4844 if (part_of_multiple
)
4845 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4847 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4851 if (part_of_multiple
)
4852 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4854 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4859 if (part_of_multiple
)
4860 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4862 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4863 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4864 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4868 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4870 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4871 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4872 make sure there's just one location. */
4873 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4874 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4880 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4881 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4885 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4886 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4887 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4888 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4889 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4890 is relatively readable). */
4891 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4892 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4894 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4898 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4902 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4904 case bp_exception_resume
:
4905 case bp_step_resume
:
4906 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4907 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4909 case bp_std_terminate
:
4910 case bp_shlib_event
:
4911 case bp_thread_event
:
4912 case bp_overlay_event
:
4913 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4914 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4915 case bp_exception_master
:
4917 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4918 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4920 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4922 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4925 if (header_of_multiple
)
4926 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4927 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4928 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4930 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4931 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4934 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4935 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4942 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4945 && !header_of_multiple
4947 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4948 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4949 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4950 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4951 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4952 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4954 struct inferior
*inf
;
4957 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4959 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4964 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4967 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4968 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4973 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4975 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4977 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4978 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4979 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4980 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4982 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4984 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4985 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4991 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->print_one_detail
)
4992 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4994 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4996 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4998 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
4999 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5000 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
5001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5004 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5007 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5008 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5010 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5011 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5015 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
5017 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5018 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5019 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5021 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5025 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5029 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5031 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5033 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5034 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5037 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5039 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5040 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5044 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5045 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5046 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5047 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5049 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5052 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5053 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5055 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5056 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5058 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5062 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5063 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5066 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5067 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5069 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5072 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5073 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5074 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5077 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
5079 annotate_field (10);
5080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5081 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
5082 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5085 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5088 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5089 else if (b
->exp_string
)
5090 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
5095 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5096 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5099 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5101 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5103 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5104 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5106 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5107 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5108 locations, if any. */
5109 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5111 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5112 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5113 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5116 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5117 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5120 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5122 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5125 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5127 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5128 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5129 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5130 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5137 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5139 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5140 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5142 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5146 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5147 an address to print. */
5148 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5151 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5152 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5153 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5156 return print_address_bits
;
5159 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5165 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5167 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5168 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5169 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5173 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5175 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5183 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5184 char **error_message
)
5186 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5189 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5192 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5198 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5199 internal or momentary. */
5202 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5204 return b
->number
> 0;
5207 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5208 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5209 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5210 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5211 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5212 breakpoints listed. */
5215 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5216 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5219 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5220 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5221 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5222 struct value_print_options opts
;
5223 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5224 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5226 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5228 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5229 required for address fields. */
5230 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5233 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5234 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5237 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5238 accept. Skip the others. */
5239 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5241 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5243 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5247 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5249 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5251 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5252 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5253 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5255 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5256 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5257 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5259 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5263 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5265 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5266 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5270 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5271 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5274 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5275 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5276 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5278 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5279 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5281 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5282 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5283 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5285 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5286 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5288 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5289 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5291 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5293 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5294 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5295 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5298 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5302 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5303 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5304 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5305 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5310 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5311 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5314 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5315 accept. Skip the others. */
5317 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5319 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5324 else /* all others */
5326 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5330 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5333 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5336 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5338 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5340 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5344 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5345 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5348 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5354 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5355 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5358 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5359 there have been breakpoints? */
5360 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5365 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5366 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5369 default_collect_info (void)
5371 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5372 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 if (!*default_collect
)
5377 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5380 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5381 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5385 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5387 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5389 default_collect_info ();
5393 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5395 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5397 if (num_printed
== 0)
5399 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5400 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5407 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5409 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5411 default_collect_info ();
5415 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5416 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5417 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5419 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5421 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5423 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5424 && bl
->address
== pc
5425 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5431 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5432 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5436 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5437 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5438 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5441 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5444 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5448 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5449 else /* if (others == ???) */
5450 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5455 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5456 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5457 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5458 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5459 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5460 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5461 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5462 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5463 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5465 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5469 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5472 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5473 printf_filtered (".\n");
5477 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5478 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5481 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5482 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5485 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5486 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5487 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5488 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5489 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5492 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5493 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5494 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5495 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5498 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5499 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5500 breakpoint at address zero:
5508 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5510 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5512 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5515 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5516 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5519 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5520 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5522 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5523 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5524 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5526 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5527 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5528 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5529 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5530 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5531 other watchpoint. */
5532 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5533 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5535 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5536 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5537 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5538 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5540 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5541 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5544 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5545 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5546 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5547 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5548 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5549 become hw_access locations later. */
5550 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5551 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5552 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5553 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5556 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5557 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5558 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5559 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5562 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5563 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5565 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5566 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5570 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5571 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5572 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5573 space doesn't really matter. */
5576 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5577 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5580 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5581 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5582 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5585 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5586 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5587 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5588 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5591 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5592 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5595 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5598 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5599 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5603 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5604 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5605 represent the same location. */
5608 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5609 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5611 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5613 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5614 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5615 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5617 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5618 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5620 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5623 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5625 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5626 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5627 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5628 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5632 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5633 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5635 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5636 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5640 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5641 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5643 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5644 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5646 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5649 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5650 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5651 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5652 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5655 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5656 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5658 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5660 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5663 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5664 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5665 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5666 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5667 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5669 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5670 have their addresses modified. */
5675 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5677 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5678 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5679 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5681 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5682 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5685 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5687 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5691 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5693 static struct bp_location
*
5694 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5696 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5698 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5699 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5703 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5712 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5714 case bp_exception_resume
:
5715 case bp_step_resume
:
5716 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5717 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5719 case bp_std_terminate
:
5720 case bp_shlib_event
:
5721 case bp_thread_event
:
5722 case bp_overlay_event
:
5724 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5725 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5726 case bp_exception_master
:
5727 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5729 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5731 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5732 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5734 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5735 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5736 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5737 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5742 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5743 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5744 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5747 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5755 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5760 if (loc
->function_name
)
5761 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5766 /* Increment reference count. */
5769 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5774 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5775 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5778 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5780 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5782 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5783 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5787 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5788 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5789 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5792 static struct breakpoint
*
5793 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5796 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5798 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5799 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5802 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5803 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5804 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5806 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5809 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5811 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5812 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5813 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5814 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5816 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5817 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5818 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5820 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5821 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5823 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5825 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5835 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5836 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5840 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5842 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5844 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5845 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5846 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5850 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5851 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5853 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5855 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5857 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5858 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5859 &loc
->requested_address
))
5861 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5862 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5863 loc
->requested_address
,
5866 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5867 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5869 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5870 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5871 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5875 if (loc
->function_name
)
5876 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5880 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5881 static struct gdbarch
*
5882 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5885 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5887 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5892 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5893 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5894 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5895 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5896 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5897 is also returned as the value of this function.
5899 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5900 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5901 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5902 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5903 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5904 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5905 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5908 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5909 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5911 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
,
5913 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5914 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5916 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5918 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5920 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5921 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5923 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5924 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5925 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5926 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5927 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5928 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5929 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5932 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5933 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5934 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5935 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5936 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5938 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5939 breakpoint resetting. */
5940 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5942 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5943 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5945 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5946 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5947 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5949 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
,
5950 sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.explicit_line
);
5952 breakpoints_changed ();
5958 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5959 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5961 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5963 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5965 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5967 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5968 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5969 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5970 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5971 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5972 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5976 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5977 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5978 initiated the operation. */
5981 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5983 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5984 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5986 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5987 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5988 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5989 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5991 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5992 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5993 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5995 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5997 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5998 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6001 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6004 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6006 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6008 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6011 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6013 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6014 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6019 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6021 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6024 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6026 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6027 update_global_location_list (1);
6028 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6033 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6038 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6040 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6041 update_global_location_list (0);
6042 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6046 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6047 master breakpoint. */
6049 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6051 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6053 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6054 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6055 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6057 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6058 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
6062 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6064 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6066 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6069 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6070 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6074 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6076 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6078 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
6080 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6081 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6083 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6085 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6091 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6093 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6096 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6097 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6098 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6101 struct lang_and_radix
6107 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6110 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6112 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6114 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
6115 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6119 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6122 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6124 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6126 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6127 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6128 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6129 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6133 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6135 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6138 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6139 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6140 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6144 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6146 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6148 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
6149 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6153 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6154 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6157 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6159 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6163 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6164 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6166 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6167 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6168 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6169 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6170 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6171 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6172 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6173 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6174 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6175 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6176 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6178 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6180 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6184 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6189 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6190 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6194 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6196 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6197 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6199 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6200 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6201 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6202 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6203 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6204 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6207 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6209 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6210 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6212 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6213 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6214 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6215 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6216 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6217 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6218 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6219 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6221 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6222 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6223 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6224 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6227 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6228 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6230 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6232 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6233 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6234 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6237 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6242 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6244 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6248 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6250 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6253 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6257 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6259 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6262 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6266 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6267 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6269 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6272 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6275 static enum print_stop_action
6276 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6278 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6279 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6280 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6281 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6284 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6288 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6290 struct value_print_options opts
;
6292 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6294 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6295 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6297 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6298 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6300 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6301 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6303 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6304 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6305 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6306 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6310 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6314 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6316 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6319 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6323 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6325 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6328 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6330 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6334 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6335 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6336 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6337 print_it_catch_fork
,
6338 print_one_catch_fork
,
6339 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6340 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6341 print_recreate_catch_fork
6344 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6348 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6350 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6353 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6357 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6359 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6362 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6366 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6367 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6369 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6372 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6375 static enum print_stop_action
6376 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6378 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6379 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6380 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6381 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6384 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6388 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6390 struct value_print_options opts
;
6392 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6393 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6394 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6396 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6397 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6399 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6400 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6402 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6403 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6404 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6405 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6409 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6413 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6415 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6418 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6422 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6424 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6427 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6429 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6433 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6434 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6435 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6436 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6437 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6438 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6439 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6440 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6443 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6447 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6449 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6451 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6452 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6453 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6459 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6464 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6466 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6467 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6468 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6470 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6471 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6473 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6474 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6476 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6477 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6481 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6482 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6483 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6484 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6485 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6488 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6492 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6494 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6496 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6497 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6498 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6504 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6508 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6509 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6511 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6512 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6516 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6517 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6518 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6519 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6521 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6524 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6528 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6529 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6531 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6532 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6533 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6534 int syscall_number
= 0;
6535 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
6537 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6540 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6541 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6546 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6548 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6558 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6561 static enum print_stop_action
6562 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6564 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6565 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6566 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6567 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6569 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6571 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6574 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6576 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6578 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6581 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6583 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6585 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6587 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6588 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6589 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6590 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6591 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6592 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6594 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6596 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6599 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6603 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6604 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6606 struct value_print_options opts
;
6608 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6609 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6610 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6612 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6613 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6616 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6617 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6618 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6620 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6622 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6625 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6628 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6633 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6636 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6638 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6640 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6641 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6645 /* Remove the last comma. */
6646 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6650 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6651 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6654 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6658 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6660 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6664 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6665 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6667 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6670 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6674 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6677 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6679 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6681 printf_filtered (")");
6684 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6688 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6692 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6696 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6701 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6706 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6710 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6715 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6717 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6719 insert_catch_syscall
,
6720 remove_catch_syscall
,
6721 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6722 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6723 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6724 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6725 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6726 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6727 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6728 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6731 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6734 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6736 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6739 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6740 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6741 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6742 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6744 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6745 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6746 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6747 to the catchpoint. */
6749 static struct breakpoint
*
6750 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6752 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6754 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6758 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6760 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6761 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6762 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6764 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6766 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6767 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6768 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6774 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6776 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6777 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6778 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6779 to the catchpoint. */
6781 static struct breakpoint
*
6782 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6783 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6785 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6786 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6789 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6790 update_global_location_list (1);
6796 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6797 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6798 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6800 struct breakpoint
*b
6801 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6803 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6805 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6808 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6811 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6813 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6817 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6819 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6823 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6824 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6826 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->exec_pathname
);
6829 static enum print_stop_action
6830 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6832 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6833 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6835 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6839 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6841 struct value_print_options opts
;
6843 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6845 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6846 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6847 is relatively readable). */
6848 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6849 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6851 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6852 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6854 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6861 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6863 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6866 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6870 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6875 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6879 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6880 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6881 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6882 print_it_catch_exec
,
6883 print_one_catch_exec
,
6884 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6885 print_mention_catch_exec
,
6886 print_recreate_catch_exec
6890 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6891 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6893 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6894 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6895 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6897 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6899 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6902 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6903 update_global_location_list (1);
6907 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6910 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6911 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6915 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6916 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6918 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6920 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6921 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6931 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6934 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6935 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6937 *other_type_used
= 0;
6940 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6943 if (b
->type
== type
)
6944 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6946 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6948 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6949 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6953 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
6954 *other_type_used
= 1;
6961 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6967 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6969 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6970 update_global_location_list (0);
6976 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6978 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6982 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6984 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6985 update_global_location_list (1);
6991 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6993 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6998 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7001 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7002 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7003 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7005 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7011 update_global_location_list (0);
7013 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7017 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7019 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7022 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7026 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7029 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7030 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7031 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
7033 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7039 breakpoint_re_set ();
7043 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7044 at address specified by SAL.
7045 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7048 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7049 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7051 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7053 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7055 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7057 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7058 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7059 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7060 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7062 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7063 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7065 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7066 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7068 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7073 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7077 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7079 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7081 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7085 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
7086 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7087 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7089 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7090 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7091 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7092 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7093 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7095 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
7096 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
7098 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
7100 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
7101 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7102 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7103 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7105 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7106 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7107 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7109 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7114 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7117 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7119 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7121 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7122 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7124 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7128 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7131 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7134 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
7135 struct value_print_options opts
;
7137 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7139 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
7140 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7145 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7149 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
7150 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7151 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7152 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7153 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7154 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7156 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7158 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7159 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7160 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7162 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7164 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7165 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7166 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
7167 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7168 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7169 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7170 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7172 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7173 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7174 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
7175 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7176 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7177 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7178 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7181 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7182 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7187 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7188 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7190 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7191 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7192 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
7193 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7196 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7197 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7202 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7206 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7211 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7212 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7215 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7216 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7221 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7222 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7225 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7231 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7232 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7239 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7241 case bp_exception_resume
:
7242 case bp_step_resume
:
7243 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7245 case bp_std_terminate
:
7246 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7247 case bp_shlib_event
:
7248 case bp_thread_event
:
7249 case bp_overlay_event
:
7251 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7252 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7253 case bp_exception_master
:
7254 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7260 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7264 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7268 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7270 printf_filtered (" at ");
7271 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7275 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7276 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7280 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7282 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7284 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7289 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7291 printf_filtered ("\n");
7295 static struct bp_location
*
7296 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7297 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7299 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7301 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7302 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7305 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7307 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7308 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7309 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7310 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7311 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7312 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7313 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7315 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7316 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7321 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7322 return 0 otherwise. */
7325 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7329 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7330 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7331 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7334 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7336 addr
= loc
->address
;
7337 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7339 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7343 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7345 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7346 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7347 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7348 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7350 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7351 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7353 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7354 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7357 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7364 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7365 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7366 as condition expression. */
7369 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7370 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7372 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7373 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7374 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7375 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7377 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7380 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7382 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7383 int target_resources_ok
=
7384 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7386 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7387 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7388 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7389 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7392 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7394 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7396 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7397 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7401 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7403 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7405 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7406 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7411 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7412 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7416 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7417 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7418 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7419 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7420 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7422 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7424 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7426 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7428 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7429 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7430 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7435 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7437 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7439 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7440 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7442 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7444 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7446 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7448 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7449 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7451 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7453 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7456 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7457 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7460 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7461 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7462 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7463 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7469 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7472 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7473 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7477 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7478 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7480 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7484 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7486 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7488 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7491 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7494 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7495 notify observers. */
7498 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7501 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7502 elements to fill the void space. */
7504 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7506 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7507 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7509 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7510 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7515 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7516 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7517 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7518 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7519 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7520 single expanded sal, return the original.
7522 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7523 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7524 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7525 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7526 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7528 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7529 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7531 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7532 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7533 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7536 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7538 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7539 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7540 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7543 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7544 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7550 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7552 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7554 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7556 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7557 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7559 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7561 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7562 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7563 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7565 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7566 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7567 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7568 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7569 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7573 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7575 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7576 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7578 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7579 char *this_function
;
7581 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7583 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7585 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7586 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7589 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7591 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7598 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7599 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7600 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7602 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7604 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7606 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7607 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7610 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7612 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7613 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7614 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7621 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7622 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7633 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7634 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7635 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7636 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7637 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7638 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7639 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7640 we take just a single condition string.
7642 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7643 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7644 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7645 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7646 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7649 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7650 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
7651 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7653 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7654 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7655 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7656 int enabled
, int internal
)
7660 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7662 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7663 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7665 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
->canonical
[i
],
7666 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7667 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7668 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7669 canonical
->special_display
);
7673 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7674 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7675 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7676 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7678 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7679 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7682 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7683 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7684 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7686 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7688 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7690 if ((*address
) == NULL
7691 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7693 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7695 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7697 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7698 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7699 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7700 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7701 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7702 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7703 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7704 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7706 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7707 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7708 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7709 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7710 with the same symtab and line. */
7711 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7713 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7717 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7721 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7722 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7723 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7724 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7726 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7727 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7729 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7731 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7733 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7734 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7735 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7736 default_breakpoint_line
, canonical
);
7738 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7741 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7742 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && canonical
->canonical
== NULL
)
7743 canonical
->canonical
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7744 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7748 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7750 /* Add the string if not present. */
7751 if (canonical
->canonical
[i
] == NULL
)
7752 canonical
->canonical
[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7753 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7759 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7760 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7763 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7767 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7768 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7771 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7772 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7773 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7774 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7775 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7779 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7780 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7783 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7785 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7787 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7789 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7791 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7793 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7796 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7797 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7799 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7803 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7804 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7805 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7806 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7807 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7808 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7810 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7811 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7813 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7819 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7820 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7822 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7824 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7826 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7828 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7830 struct expression
*expr
;
7832 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7833 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7836 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7837 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7839 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7845 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7847 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7848 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7849 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7851 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7857 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7859 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7860 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7861 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7864 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7868 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7870 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7871 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7873 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7874 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7875 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7877 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7878 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7883 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7885 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7887 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7888 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7890 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7891 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7892 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7894 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7895 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7897 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7899 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7901 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7903 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7905 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7906 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7908 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7911 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7917 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7918 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7919 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7920 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7921 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7922 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7923 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7924 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7925 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7929 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7930 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7931 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7932 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7934 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7935 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7936 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7938 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7939 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7940 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
7942 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7943 struct linespec_result canonical
;
7944 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7945 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7949 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7953 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7955 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
7959 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
7961 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
7962 canonical
.canonical
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7963 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7964 canonical
.canonical
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7968 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
7970 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals
, &canonical
);
7973 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7977 throw_exception (e
);
7981 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7983 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7986 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7987 throw_exception (e
);
7989 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7991 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7992 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7993 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7994 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7995 "future shared library load? ")))
7998 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7999 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8000 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8001 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8002 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
8003 canonical
.canonical
= ©_arg
;
8005 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
8010 throw_exception (e
);
8020 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8021 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8025 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8026 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8028 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8029 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
);
8032 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8033 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8034 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8035 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8036 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8038 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8039 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8040 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8042 if (canonical
.canonical
[i
] != NULL
)
8043 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
[i
]);
8046 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8047 are ok for the target. */
8049 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
8051 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8052 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8053 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
8055 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8056 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8060 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8062 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8063 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8064 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8065 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8068 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8071 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8075 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8078 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8079 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8083 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8084 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8085 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8086 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8087 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8088 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8089 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
8090 && is_marker_spec (canonical
.canonical
[0]))
8094 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8096 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
8097 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
8098 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8101 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8102 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
8103 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
8105 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
.canonical
[i
],
8106 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8107 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8108 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8109 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
8110 canonical
.special_display
);
8112 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8114 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8116 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
8118 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
8119 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
8121 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8122 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8123 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8124 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8125 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8126 corresponds to this one */
8127 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
8131 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
8133 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8134 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
8139 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8141 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8143 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
8144 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8146 b
->addr_string
= canonical
.canonical
[0];
8147 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8148 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8149 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8150 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8152 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8153 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8154 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
8156 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
8157 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
8158 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
8159 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
8162 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8163 but do notify observers. */
8165 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8170 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8171 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8172 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8175 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8177 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8178 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8179 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8181 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8182 update_global_location_list (1);
8187 /* Set a breakpoint.
8188 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8189 condition, and thread.
8190 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8191 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8195 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8197 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8198 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8199 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8202 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8204 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8205 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8206 0 /* Ignore count */,
8207 pending_break_support
,
8208 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8215 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8218 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8222 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8224 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8225 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8226 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8229 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8230 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8231 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8232 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8235 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8237 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8241 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8244 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8247 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8248 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8252 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8253 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8254 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8255 happen in assembly source). */
8257 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8258 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8260 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8262 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8264 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8266 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8273 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8275 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8279 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8281 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8285 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8287 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8291 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8293 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8297 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8299 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8300 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8301 stop at <line>\n"));
8305 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8309 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8311 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8316 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8317 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8318 function/method name. */
8319 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8321 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8326 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8328 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8332 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8334 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8338 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8342 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8349 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8350 it is probably a line number. */
8351 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8353 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8358 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8360 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8364 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8366 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8369 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8370 ranged breakpoints. */
8373 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8374 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8377 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8378 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8381 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8382 ranged breakpoints. */
8385 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8387 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8390 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8391 ranged breakpoints. */
8393 static enum print_stop_action
8394 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8396 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8398 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8400 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8401 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8403 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8404 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8405 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8407 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8408 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8410 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8411 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8412 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8414 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8415 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8420 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8421 ranged breakpoints. */
8424 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8425 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8427 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8428 struct value_print_options opts
;
8430 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8431 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8433 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8435 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8436 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8437 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8438 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8440 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8444 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8445 ranged breakpoints. */
8448 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8449 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8451 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8452 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8453 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8454 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8458 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8459 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8462 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8463 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8464 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8465 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8468 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8471 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8472 ranged breakpoints. */
8475 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8477 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8480 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8485 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8486 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8487 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8490 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8491 ranged breakpoints. */
8494 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8497 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8500 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8502 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
=
8506 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
,
8507 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
,
8508 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
8509 print_it_ranged_breakpoint
,
8510 print_one_ranged_breakpoint
,
8511 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
,
8512 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
,
8513 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8516 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8517 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8518 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8519 last instruction of the given line. */
8522 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8526 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8527 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8528 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8535 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8537 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8539 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8546 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8549 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8551 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8552 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8553 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8556 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8557 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start
, sals_end
;
8558 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8560 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8561 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8562 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8564 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8565 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8566 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8569 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8571 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8572 error(_("No address range specified."));
8574 sals_start
.sals
= NULL
;
8575 sals_start
.nelts
= 0;
8576 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8578 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8581 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals_start
, &canonical_start
);
8583 sal_start
= sals_start
.sals
[0];
8584 addr_string_start
= canonical_start
.canonical
[0];
8585 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8586 xfree (sals_start
.sals
);
8587 xfree (canonical_start
.canonical
);
8590 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8591 else if (sals_start
.nelts
== 0)
8592 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8593 else if (sals_start
.nelts
!= 1)
8594 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8596 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start
);
8598 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8599 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8602 /* Parse the end location. */
8604 sals_end
.sals
= NULL
;
8606 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8609 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8610 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8611 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8612 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8613 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8614 sals_end
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8617 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8618 if (canonical_end
.canonical
== NULL
)
8619 canonical_end
.canonical
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8620 /* Add the string if not present. */
8621 if (arg_start
!= arg
&& canonical_end
.canonical
[0] == NULL
)
8622 canonical_end
.canonical
[0] = savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8624 sal_end
= sals_end
.sals
[0];
8625 addr_string_end
= canonical_end
.canonical
[0];
8626 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8627 xfree (sals_end
.sals
);
8628 xfree (canonical_end
.canonical
);
8630 if (sals_end
.nelts
== 0)
8631 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8632 else if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 1)
8633 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8635 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end
);
8637 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8638 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8639 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8641 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8643 /* Length overflowed. */
8644 error (_("Address range too large."));
8645 else if (length
== 1)
8647 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8648 the `hbreak' command. */
8649 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8651 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8656 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8657 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8658 bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8659 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8660 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8661 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8662 b
->addr_string
= addr_string_start
;
8663 b
->addr_string_range_end
= addr_string_end
;
8664 b
->ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8665 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8667 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8670 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8671 update_global_location_list (1);
8674 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8675 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8676 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8679 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8687 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8688 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8691 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8701 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8702 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8703 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8704 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8705 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8707 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8723 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8735 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8738 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8739 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8742 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8743 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8744 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8745 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8747 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8748 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8753 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8755 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8756 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8757 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8758 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8760 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8761 are always constant. */
8763 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8765 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8766 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8767 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8772 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8773 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8774 then it is not a constant. */
8783 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8786 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8788 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8790 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8791 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8794 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8797 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8799 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8801 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8802 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8805 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8806 hardware watchpoints. */
8809 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8811 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8813 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8816 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8817 hardware watchpoints. */
8820 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8822 return b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8825 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8827 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8831 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8832 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8833 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
,
8834 NULL
, /* print_it */
8835 NULL
, /* print_one */
8836 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
8837 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8838 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8841 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8842 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8845 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8847 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8848 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8851 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8852 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8855 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8857 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8858 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8861 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8862 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8865 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8867 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
,
8868 bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
);
8871 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8872 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8875 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8880 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8881 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8883 static enum print_stop_action
8884 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8886 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8887 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8891 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8892 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8899 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8903 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8906 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8907 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8910 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8913 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8914 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8918 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8919 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8920 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8923 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8924 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8927 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8928 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8931 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8932 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8934 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8935 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8937 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8938 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
8939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8942 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8943 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8946 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8948 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8952 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8953 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8954 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8956 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8957 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8958 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8960 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8962 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8965 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8966 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8969 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8970 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8971 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
8972 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8975 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8976 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8979 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8985 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8986 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8988 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8991 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8995 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8996 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8999 sprintf_vma (tmp
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
9000 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", b
->exp_string
, tmp
);
9003 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9005 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
9007 insert_masked_watchpoint
,
9008 remove_masked_watchpoint
,
9009 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9010 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
,
9011 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
,
9012 print_it_masked_watchpoint
,
9013 NULL
, /* print_one */
9014 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
,
9015 print_mention_masked_watchpoint
,
9016 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9019 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9022 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9024 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9027 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9028 hw_read: watch read,
9029 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9031 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9032 int just_location
, int internal
)
9034 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9035 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9036 struct expression
*exp
;
9037 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9038 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9039 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9040 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9041 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9042 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9044 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9045 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9046 enum bptype bp_type
;
9049 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9050 the hardware watchpoint. */
9054 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9055 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9059 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9060 of the arguments string. */
9061 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9063 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9064 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9067 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9068 This is the value of the parameter. */
9069 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9071 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9073 /* Skip whitespace. */
9074 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9079 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9080 This is the parameter itself. */
9081 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9084 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9086 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9088 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9089 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9090 only in a specific thread. */
9094 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9096 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9097 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9099 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9101 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9102 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9104 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9105 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9106 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9108 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9110 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9111 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9113 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9116 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9118 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9120 mark
= value_mark ();
9121 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9122 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9123 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9126 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9129 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9130 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9135 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9136 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9138 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9140 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9141 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9143 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9146 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9147 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9151 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9152 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9154 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9157 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9158 mark
= value_mark ();
9159 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9165 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9166 val
= value_addr (result
);
9167 release_value (val
);
9168 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9172 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9175 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9177 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9180 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9181 release_value (val
);
9183 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9184 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9186 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9187 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9189 struct expression
*cond
;
9191 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9192 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9193 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9195 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9196 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9197 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9203 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9205 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9206 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9207 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9208 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9210 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9212 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9214 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9215 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9216 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9217 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9218 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9220 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9223 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9224 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9225 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
9227 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9229 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9230 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9232 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9233 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9235 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9236 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9237 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9238 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9239 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9240 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9241 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9242 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9243 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9247 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9248 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
9250 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9252 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9253 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9256 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9257 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9260 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9261 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9263 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9264 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9267 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9268 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9270 /* The above expression is in C. */
9271 b
->language
= language_c
;
9274 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9278 b
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9279 b
->ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9285 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9289 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9295 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9296 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9300 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9301 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9304 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9306 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9307 need to act on them together. */
9308 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9309 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9313 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9315 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9317 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9318 that should be inserted. */
9319 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
9323 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9324 throw_exception (e
);
9327 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
9329 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9330 notify observers. */
9333 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9335 update_global_location_list (1);
9338 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9339 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9342 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9344 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9345 struct value
*head
= v
;
9347 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9348 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9351 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9352 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9353 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9354 hardware watchpoint.
9356 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9357 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9358 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9359 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9360 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9361 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9362 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9363 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9364 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9366 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9367 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9368 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9369 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9370 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9372 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9374 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9375 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9376 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9377 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9378 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9379 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9383 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9384 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9385 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9387 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9388 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9389 middle of some value chain. */
9391 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9392 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9394 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9398 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9399 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9400 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9402 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9406 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9410 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9411 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9412 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9413 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9414 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9417 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9418 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9419 return found_memory_cnt
;
9423 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9425 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9428 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9429 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9430 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9431 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9434 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9436 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9437 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9445 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9446 calls watch_command_1. */
9449 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9451 int just_location
= 0;
9454 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9455 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9457 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9461 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9465 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9467 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9471 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9473 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9477 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9479 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9483 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9485 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9489 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9491 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9495 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9496 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9498 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9500 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9501 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9505 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9506 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9507 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9510 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
9512 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9514 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9516 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9517 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9521 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9523 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9524 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9525 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9526 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9527 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9528 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9530 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9532 clear_proceed_status ();
9534 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9537 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9538 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9539 default_breakpoint_line
, NULL
);
9541 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
9543 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9544 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9547 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9550 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9552 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9555 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9556 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9557 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9558 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9560 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9561 only at the very same frame. */
9562 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9563 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9566 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9568 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9571 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9574 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9576 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9577 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9578 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9580 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9582 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9584 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9585 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9588 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9590 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9591 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9592 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9593 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9595 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9597 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9598 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9600 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9601 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9602 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9604 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9605 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9606 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9610 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9613 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9614 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9616 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9617 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9618 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9619 if clause in the arg string. */
9622 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9626 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9629 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9632 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9633 condition string. */
9634 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9637 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9639 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9644 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9645 process start/exit, etc. */
9649 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9650 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9655 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9656 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9658 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9659 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9660 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9663 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9664 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9665 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9669 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9671 /* The allowed syntax is:
9673 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9675 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9676 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9678 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9679 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9681 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9682 and enable reporting of such events. */
9685 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9686 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9687 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9688 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9690 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9691 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9692 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9693 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9696 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9702 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9703 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9705 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9707 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9709 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9713 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9715 /* The allowed syntax is:
9717 catch exec if <cond>
9719 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9720 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9722 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9723 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9725 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9726 and enable reporting of such events. */
9727 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9728 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9731 static enum print_stop_action
9732 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9734 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9736 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9738 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9739 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9740 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9743 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9745 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9747 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9748 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9750 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9751 : " (exception caught), ");
9752 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9754 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9755 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9756 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9757 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9759 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9763 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9764 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9766 struct value_print_options opts
;
9768 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9769 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9772 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9773 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9775 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9776 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9781 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9782 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9784 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9788 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9793 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9794 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9795 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9796 : _("Catchpoint "));
9797 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9798 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9802 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9803 catch catchpoints. */
9806 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9812 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9813 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9814 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9818 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9821 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9822 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9823 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
9824 print_it_exception_catchpoint
,
9825 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9826 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
9827 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9828 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9832 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9833 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9835 char *trigger_func_name
;
9837 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9838 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9840 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9842 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9843 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9844 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9845 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9847 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9848 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9855 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9858 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9859 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9861 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9865 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9867 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9869 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9870 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9872 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9873 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9874 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9876 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9879 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9882 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9885 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9887 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9889 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9892 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9895 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9897 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9899 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9902 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9905 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9906 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9910 struct expression
*cond
,
9911 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9915 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9919 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9921 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9923 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9924 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9925 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9926 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9927 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9928 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9929 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9930 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9931 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9932 enough for now, though. */
9935 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
9936 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9938 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9939 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9940 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9941 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
9942 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
9943 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9944 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9945 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9946 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
9951 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9952 update_global_location_list (1);
9955 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9958 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9959 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9961 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9963 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9964 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9965 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
9966 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9967 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
9968 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
9970 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9974 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
9975 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
9976 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
9977 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
9981 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9983 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
9985 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
9986 VEC_free (int, iter
);
9989 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9990 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9992 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9994 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9995 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
9997 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9999 int i
, syscall_number
;
10001 char cur_name
[128];
10004 /* Skip whitespace. */
10005 while (isspace (*arg
))
10008 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
10009 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
10010 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
10013 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10014 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10015 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10016 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10019 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10021 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10023 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10024 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10025 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10026 syscall number to be caught. */
10027 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10030 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10031 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10034 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10038 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10041 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10042 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10047 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10049 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10050 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10051 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10052 this architecture yet."));
10054 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10056 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10058 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10059 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10060 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10061 for his/her architecture. */
10062 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10064 /* The allowed syntax is:
10066 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10068 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10071 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
10075 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
10076 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
10079 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10082 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10083 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10085 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10087 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10088 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10089 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10091 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10095 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
10096 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
10097 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10101 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10103 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10108 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10110 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10113 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10116 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10118 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10119 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10122 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10123 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10128 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
10133 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10134 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10135 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10136 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10137 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
10138 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
10139 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
10140 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
10141 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10142 error (_("No source file specified."));
10144 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10150 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10151 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10152 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10153 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10155 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10156 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10157 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10158 due to optimization, all in one block.
10160 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10161 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10162 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10163 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10164 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10165 to support that. */
10167 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10168 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10169 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10173 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10175 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10176 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10177 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10180 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10185 1 0 <can't happen> */
10187 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10189 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10190 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10193 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10194 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10196 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10197 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10199 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
10200 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10201 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10202 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10203 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
10204 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
10205 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
10206 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10207 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10208 && filename_cmp (b
->source_file
,
10209 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10210 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10211 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10220 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10223 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10224 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10227 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10229 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10232 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10233 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10236 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10237 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10239 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10241 breakpoints_changed ();
10243 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10246 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10247 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10250 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10253 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10254 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10255 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10258 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10260 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10262 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10263 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10264 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10266 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10270 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10271 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10275 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10276 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10277 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10278 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10279 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10280 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10283 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10285 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10286 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10287 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10288 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10289 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10291 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10292 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10294 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10295 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10296 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10298 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10299 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10301 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10302 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10303 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10305 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10308 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10309 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10310 content of the bp_location array. */
10313 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10315 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10317 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10318 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10322 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10324 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10327 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10328 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10330 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10331 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10332 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10333 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10335 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10337 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10338 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10339 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10340 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10344 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10345 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10346 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10347 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10348 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10349 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10350 returns true on them.
10352 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10353 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10354 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10355 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10356 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10357 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10360 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10362 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10363 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10364 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10366 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10367 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10368 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10369 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10370 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10372 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10373 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10374 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10375 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10377 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10378 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10379 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10380 unsigned old_location_count
;
10382 old_location
= bp_location
;
10383 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10384 bp_location
= NULL
;
10385 bp_location_count
= 0;
10386 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10389 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10390 bp_location_count
++;
10392 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10393 locp
= bp_location
;
10394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10395 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10397 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10398 bp_location_compare
);
10400 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10402 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10403 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10404 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10405 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10406 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10409 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10410 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10412 locp
= bp_location
;
10413 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10416 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10417 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10419 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10420 not, we have to free it. */
10421 int found_object
= 0;
10422 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10423 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10426 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10427 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10428 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10429 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10433 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10434 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10437 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10444 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10445 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10446 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10447 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10448 at certain location is not inserted. */
10450 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10452 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10455 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10457 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10458 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10459 keep_in_target
= 1;
10463 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10464 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10465 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10466 this one from the target. */
10468 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10469 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10472 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10473 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10476 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10478 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10480 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10481 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10483 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
10485 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10486 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10487 supported, but the latter are. */
10488 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10490 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10491 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10494 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10496 loc2
->inserted
= 1;
10497 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
10498 keep_in_target
= 1;
10506 if (!keep_in_target
)
10508 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10510 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10511 this location on the global list, and try to
10512 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10513 reason why we will succeed next time.
10515 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10516 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10517 only after calling us. */
10518 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10519 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10520 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10528 if (removed
&& non_stop
10529 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10530 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10532 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10533 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10534 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10535 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10536 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10537 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10538 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10539 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10540 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10541 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10542 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10543 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10544 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10545 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10548 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10549 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10551 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10552 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10553 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10554 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10555 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10556 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10557 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10558 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10559 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10560 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10561 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10562 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10563 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10566 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10567 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10568 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10569 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10571 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10572 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10573 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10574 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10575 traps we can no longer explain. */
10577 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10578 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10580 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10584 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10585 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10590 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10591 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10592 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10593 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10594 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10595 are sorted first for the same address.
10597 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10598 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10600 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10601 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10602 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10603 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10604 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10606 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10608 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10609 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10611 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
10612 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
10613 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
10615 || loc
->shlib_disabled
10616 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10617 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10620 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10621 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10622 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10623 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10624 "actually inserted"));
10626 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10627 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10628 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10629 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10630 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10631 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10633 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10635 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10636 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10637 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10639 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10640 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10644 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10646 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10647 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10648 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10649 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10650 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10653 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10654 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10655 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10656 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10658 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10662 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10664 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10667 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10668 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10670 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10671 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10677 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10679 struct gdb_exception e
;
10681 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10682 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10685 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10688 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10692 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10693 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10695 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10696 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10697 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10701 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10703 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10705 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10707 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10711 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10715 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10717 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10719 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10721 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10722 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10725 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10726 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10727 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10728 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10729 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10732 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10733 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10734 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10735 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10737 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10740 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10741 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10742 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
10744 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10746 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10747 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
->related_breakpoint
);
10748 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10749 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
);
10751 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10752 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
10753 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
10754 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
10755 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
10758 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10759 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10760 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10761 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10763 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
10765 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10766 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10769 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10771 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10775 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10776 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10777 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10778 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10779 xfree (bpt
->addr_string_range_end
);
10781 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10782 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10783 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10784 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10785 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
10786 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
10789 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10791 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10792 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10793 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10794 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10795 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10796 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10797 commands won't work. */
10799 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10801 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10802 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10803 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10804 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10805 might be better design to have location completely
10806 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10807 update_global_location_list (0);
10810 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10811 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10812 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10818 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10820 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10824 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10826 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10829 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10830 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10833 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10834 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
10838 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10843 struct breakpoint
*next
;
10845 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10846 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
10848 if (next
== related
)
10850 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10851 function (related
, data
);
10853 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10854 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10859 function (related
, data
);
10863 while (related
!= b
);
10867 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10869 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10872 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10873 delete_breakpoint. */
10876 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10878 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10882 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10884 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10890 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10892 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10893 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10894 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10896 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10898 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10902 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10904 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10907 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10908 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10912 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10916 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10918 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10919 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10924 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10925 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10926 Null names are ignored. */
10929 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10931 struct bp_location
*l
;
10932 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
10933 (int (*) (const void *,
10934 const void *)) streq
,
10935 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
10937 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10940 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
10942 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10946 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
10948 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10952 htab_delete (htab
);
10958 htab_delete (htab
);
10962 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10963 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10964 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10965 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10966 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10967 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10968 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10969 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10972 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10973 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10974 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10975 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10976 in the sources, and output a warning.
10978 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10979 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10980 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10981 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10982 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10985 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10986 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10987 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10988 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10989 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10990 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10991 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10992 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10993 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10995 static struct symtab_and_line
10996 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10998 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11004 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11006 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11008 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11009 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11011 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11013 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11014 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11015 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11020 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11022 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11024 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11025 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11027 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11030 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11032 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11034 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11035 struct symbol
*sym
;
11036 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
11038 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11040 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11041 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
11043 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11044 "found at previous line number"),
11045 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11049 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11051 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11052 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11056 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11057 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11058 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11060 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11061 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11063 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11065 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11068 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11071 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11072 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11074 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11076 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11078 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11080 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11082 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11083 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11084 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
11086 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11089 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11095 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11096 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11099 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11103 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11106 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11109 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11116 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11122 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11123 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11124 a ranged breakpoint. */
11127 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11128 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11129 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11132 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11134 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11135 gdb_assert (sals_end
.nelts
== 0 || (sals
.nelts
== 1 && sals_end
.nelts
== 1));
11137 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11138 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11139 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11140 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11141 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11142 individual locations. */
11143 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11148 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11150 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
11151 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11153 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11155 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11158 struct gdb_exception e
;
11160 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11161 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11163 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11168 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11169 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11170 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11171 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11175 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
11176 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11177 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
11178 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11180 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
11182 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
11183 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
11185 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11187 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11189 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11193 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11194 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11195 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11197 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11200 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11201 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11202 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11203 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11204 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11205 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11206 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11208 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11210 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11212 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11213 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11215 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11216 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11224 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11225 if (l
->function_name
11226 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11236 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11237 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11239 update_global_location_list (1);
11242 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11243 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11245 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11246 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11250 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11251 struct gdb_exception e
;
11254 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11256 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11260 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11261 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11263 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11267 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11270 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11274 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11275 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11276 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11277 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11278 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11279 state, then user already saw the message about that
11280 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11282 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11283 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11284 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11285 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11286 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11288 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11290 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11291 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11292 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11293 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11294 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11295 which approach is better. */
11296 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11297 throw_exception (e
);
11301 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11303 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
11305 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
11306 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11308 char *cond_string
= 0;
11312 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11313 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11315 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11316 b
->thread
= thread
;
11318 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11321 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11322 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11332 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11333 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11334 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11337 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11340 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11341 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11342 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11343 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11345 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11346 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11347 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11348 set_language (b
->language
);
11350 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11353 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11354 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
11357 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11359 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11362 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11363 expanded_end
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11367 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11368 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11371 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11372 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11373 Unused in this case. */
11376 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11378 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11379 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11384 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11387 case bp_breakpoint
:
11388 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11389 case bp_tracepoint
:
11390 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11391 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11392 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11393 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11394 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
11397 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
11399 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11400 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11404 re_set_breakpoint (b
);
11407 case bp_watchpoint
:
11408 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11409 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11410 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11411 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11412 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11414 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11415 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11416 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11417 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11419 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11420 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11421 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11422 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11423 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11424 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11427 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11428 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11429 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11430 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11432 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11433 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11435 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11436 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11437 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
11439 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11440 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11442 case bp_catchpoint
:
11446 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
11448 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11449 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11450 case bp_overlay_event
:
11451 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11452 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11453 case bp_exception_master
:
11454 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11457 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11458 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11459 case bp_shlib_event
:
11461 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11462 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11463 case bp_thread_event
:
11465 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11466 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11467 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11468 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11469 rerun the executable. */
11472 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
11473 case bp_call_dummy
:
11474 case bp_std_terminate
:
11475 case bp_step_resume
:
11476 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
11478 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
11480 case bp_exception_resume
:
11482 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
11489 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11491 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11493 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11494 enum language save_language
;
11495 int save_input_radix
;
11496 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11498 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11499 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11500 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11504 /* Format possible error msg. */
11505 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11507 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11508 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11509 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11511 set_language (save_language
);
11512 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11514 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11516 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11518 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11519 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11520 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11521 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11524 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11526 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11527 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11529 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11531 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11533 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11534 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11536 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11537 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11538 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11540 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11544 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11545 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11546 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11549 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
11551 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11556 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11557 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
11559 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
11561 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
11562 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11567 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
11571 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11572 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11574 else if (count
== 1)
11575 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11578 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11579 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11582 breakpoints_changed ();
11583 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11587 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
11590 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11593 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11599 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11601 num
= get_number (&p
);
11603 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
11605 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11607 set_ignore_count (num
,
11608 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
11611 printf_filtered ("\n");
11614 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11615 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11618 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11623 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
11625 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
11628 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11630 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
11632 while (!state
.finished
)
11634 char *p
= state
.string
;
11638 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
11641 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
11645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
11646 if (b
->number
== num
)
11649 function (b
, data
);
11653 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
11658 static struct bp_location
*
11659 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
11661 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
11665 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11666 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11671 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11673 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11675 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11676 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
11681 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
11682 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11685 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11687 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
11691 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
11694 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
11700 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11701 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11702 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11705 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11707 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11708 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11709 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11710 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11713 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11714 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11717 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11719 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11720 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11722 struct bp_location
*location
;
11724 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11725 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
11728 update_global_location_list (0);
11730 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11733 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11736 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11738 disable_breakpoint (b
);
11741 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11742 disable_breakpoint. */
11745 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11747 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11751 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11755 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11757 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11758 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11759 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11761 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11763 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11767 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11768 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11769 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11770 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
11772 update_global_location_list (0);
11775 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11779 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
11781 int target_resources_ok
;
11783 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11786 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11787 target_resources_ok
=
11788 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
11790 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
11791 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11792 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
11793 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11796 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11798 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11799 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
11800 struct gdb_exception e
;
11802 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11804 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
11805 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11806 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11810 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
11811 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11817 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11818 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11820 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11821 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11823 struct bp_location
*location
;
11825 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11826 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
11829 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11830 update_global_location_list (1);
11831 breakpoints_changed ();
11833 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11838 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11840 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11844 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11846 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11849 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11850 enable_breakpoint. */
11853 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11855 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11858 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11859 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11860 in stopping the inferior. */
11863 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11867 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11870 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11871 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11873 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11875 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11879 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11880 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11881 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11882 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
11884 update_global_location_list (1);
11887 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11891 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11893 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
11895 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
11899 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11901 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
11903 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
11907 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11909 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11913 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11915 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
11917 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
11921 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11923 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11927 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11932 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11936 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11937 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11941 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
11942 const bfd_byte
*data
)
11944 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
11946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
11947 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
11948 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
11949 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
11951 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11953 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11954 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11955 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
11956 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
11958 value_free (bp
->val
);
11965 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11967 struct symtabs_and_lines
11968 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
11970 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11973 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11974 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
11975 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11976 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
11977 default_breakpoint_line
,
11980 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11981 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11983 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
11987 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11988 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11989 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11990 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11994 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11995 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
11997 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
11999 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12001 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12002 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12004 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12006 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12014 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12015 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12018 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12020 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12023 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12029 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12032 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12033 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12035 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12038 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12039 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12044 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12046 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12047 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12051 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12052 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12053 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12056 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12057 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12058 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12059 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12060 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12061 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12063 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12064 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12065 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12066 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12069 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12070 were inserted or not. */
12073 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12075 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12076 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12079 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12082 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12084 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12086 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12088 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12089 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12090 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12091 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12093 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12095 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12096 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12097 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12098 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12102 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12103 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12104 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12108 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12112 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12113 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12115 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12116 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12117 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12121 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12125 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12129 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12130 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12131 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12132 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12135 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12139 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12144 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12146 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12148 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12149 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12157 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12158 non-zero otherwise. */
12160 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12162 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12163 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12164 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12171 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12173 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12175 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12179 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12181 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12184 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12186 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12190 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12192 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12202 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12204 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12205 char *text
, char *word
)
12207 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12209 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12215 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12217 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12219 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12221 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12222 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12226 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12228 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12230 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12232 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12233 0 /* Ignore count */,
12234 pending_break_support
,
12239 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12243 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12245 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12247 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12249 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12250 0 /* Ignore count */,
12251 pending_break_support
,
12256 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12259 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12262 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12264 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12266 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12268 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12269 0 /* Ignore count */,
12270 pending_break_support
,
12275 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12278 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12279 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12281 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12282 static int next_cmd
;
12285 read_uploaded_action (void)
12289 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12296 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12297 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12298 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12299 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12300 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12302 struct breakpoint
*
12303 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12305 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12306 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12308 if (utp
->at_string
)
12309 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12312 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12313 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12314 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12316 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12317 "source location, using raw address"),
12319 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12320 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12323 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12324 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12325 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12326 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12329 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12331 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12333 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12334 0 /* Ignore count */,
12335 pending_break_support
,
12338 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12342 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12344 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12345 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12346 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12350 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
12352 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12355 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12356 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12357 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12359 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12361 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12366 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12368 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
12370 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12371 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12372 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12373 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12379 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12383 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12387 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12389 if (num_printed
== 0)
12391 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12392 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12394 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12397 default_collect_info ();
12400 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12401 Not supported by all targets. */
12403 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12405 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12408 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12409 Not supported by all targets. */
12411 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12413 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12416 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12418 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12420 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12426 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12428 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12429 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12430 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12432 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12433 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12435 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12439 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12441 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12443 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12444 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12445 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12449 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12452 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12455 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint
*bp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12457 bp
->pass_count
= count
;
12458 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp
->number
);
12460 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12461 bp
->number
, count
);
12464 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12466 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12467 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12468 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12471 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12473 struct breakpoint
*t1
;
12474 unsigned int count
;
12476 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12477 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12478 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12480 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12482 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12485 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12487 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12489 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12491 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1
)
12493 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12496 else if (*args
== '\0')
12498 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12500 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12504 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12506 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12507 while (!state
.finished
)
12509 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12511 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12516 struct breakpoint
*
12517 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12519 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12521 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12522 if (t
->number
== num
)
12528 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12529 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12532 struct breakpoint
*
12533 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
12535 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12537 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12538 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
12544 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12545 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12546 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12547 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12548 struct breakpoint
*
12549 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
12550 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
12553 extern int tracepoint_count
;
12554 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12556 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
12560 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
12561 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
12563 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
12566 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
12568 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12571 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
12575 if (instring
&& *instring
)
12576 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12579 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12580 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12584 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12585 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
12590 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
12594 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12595 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12596 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12600 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
12601 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
12603 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12606 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
12607 struct ui_file
*fp
;
12608 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
12610 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
12611 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12613 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12616 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12617 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12620 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12621 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12626 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
12628 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
12630 /* We can stop searching. */
12637 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12641 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
12642 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
12643 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
12645 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12646 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
12647 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
12649 if (extra_trace_bits
)
12650 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
12652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12654 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12655 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12658 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12659 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12662 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
&& tp
->ops
->print_recreate
!= NULL
)
12663 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
12666 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12667 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12668 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12669 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12670 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12672 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12673 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12674 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12676 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12677 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12678 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12679 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12680 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12681 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
12682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12683 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12684 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12685 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12686 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
12687 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12688 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
12690 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12691 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12693 if (tp
->exp_string
)
12694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
12695 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
12696 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12701 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
12702 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
12706 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
12707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
12710 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
12712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
12714 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12715 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12718 if (tp
->cond_string
)
12719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
12721 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
12722 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
12724 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12729 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
12731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
12733 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
12734 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12736 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
12738 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
12741 throw_exception (ex
);
12743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
12746 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
12747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
12749 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12750 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12751 special, and not user visible. */
12752 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
12754 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12757 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
12759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
12763 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
12764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
12766 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
12768 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
12771 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12774 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12776 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
12779 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12782 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12784 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
12787 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12789 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
12790 all_tracepoints (void)
12792 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
12793 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12795 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
12797 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
12804 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12805 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12806 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12808 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12809 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12810 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12811 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12812 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12813 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12814 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12815 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12817 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12818 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12820 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12821 conditions are different.\n\
12823 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12825 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12826 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
12828 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12829 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12831 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12832 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12834 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12835 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12836 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12837 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12838 char *text
, char *word
),
12839 void *user_data_catch
,
12840 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12842 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12844 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12846 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12847 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12848 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12850 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12852 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12853 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12854 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12858 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12860 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12861 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12862 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
12866 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12868 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12869 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12870 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
12873 struct breakpoint
*
12874 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
12877 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12881 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
12889 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12891 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
12893 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
12894 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
12895 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
12897 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
12899 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
12900 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12901 before a breakpoint is set. */
12902 breakpoint_count
= 0;
12904 tracepoint_count
= 0;
12906 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
12907 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12908 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12910 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12912 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
12913 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12914 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12915 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12916 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12917 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12918 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12919 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12921 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
12922 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12923 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12924 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12926 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
12927 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12928 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12929 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12930 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12932 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12933 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12935 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
12936 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12937 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12938 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12940 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12941 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12943 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
12944 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12945 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12946 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12948 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12949 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12951 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12952 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12953 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12954 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12955 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12956 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12957 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12959 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12960 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12961 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12962 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12963 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12964 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12966 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12968 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12969 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12970 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12971 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12972 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12973 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
12975 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12976 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12977 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12980 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12981 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12982 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12985 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12986 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12987 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12990 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12991 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12992 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12995 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12996 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12997 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12998 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12999 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
13000 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13001 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13002 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13004 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13005 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13006 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13007 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13008 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
13010 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13011 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13012 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13013 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13014 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
13015 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13018 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13019 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13020 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13021 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13023 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13024 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13025 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13026 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13027 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13029 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13030 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13031 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13032 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13034 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13035 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13036 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13037 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13038 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13041 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13042 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13043 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13044 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13045 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13046 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13048 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13049 is executing in.\n\
13051 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13052 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13054 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13055 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13056 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13057 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13059 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13060 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13061 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13062 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13065 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13069 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13070 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13071 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13072 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13073 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13074 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13075 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13076 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13077 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13078 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13079 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13080 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13081 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13082 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13083 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13084 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13086 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13087 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13088 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13089 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13090 breakpoint set."));
13093 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13094 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13095 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13096 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13097 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13098 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13099 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13100 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13101 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13103 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13104 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13105 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13106 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13107 breakpoint set."));
13109 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13112 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13113 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13114 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13115 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13116 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13117 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13118 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13119 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13120 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13122 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13123 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13124 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13125 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13126 breakpoint set."));
13128 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13129 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13130 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13131 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13132 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13133 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13134 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13135 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13136 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13137 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13138 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13139 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13140 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13142 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13143 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13144 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13145 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13147 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13149 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13150 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13151 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13152 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13154 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13155 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13156 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13157 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13159 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13160 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13161 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13162 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13163 catch_catch_command
,
13167 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13168 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13169 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13170 catch_throw_command
,
13174 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13175 catch_fork_command_1
,
13177 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13178 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13179 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13180 catch_fork_command_1
,
13182 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13183 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13184 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13185 catch_exec_command_1
,
13189 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13190 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13191 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13192 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13193 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13194 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13195 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13196 catch_syscall_completer
,
13199 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13200 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13201 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13202 catch_ada_exception_command
,
13206 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13207 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13208 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13209 catch_assert_command
,
13214 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13215 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13216 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13217 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13218 an expression changes.\n\
13219 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13220 the memory to which it refers."));
13221 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13223 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13224 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13225 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13226 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13227 an expression is read.\n\
13228 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13229 the memory to which it refers."));
13230 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13232 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13233 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13234 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13235 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13236 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13237 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13238 the memory to which it refers."));
13239 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13241 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13242 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13244 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13245 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13246 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13247 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13248 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13249 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13250 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13251 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13252 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13255 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13256 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13258 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13260 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13262 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13263 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13265 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13266 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13267 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13269 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13270 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13271 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13272 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13274 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13275 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13277 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13278 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13279 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13281 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13282 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13284 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13285 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13286 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13287 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13288 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13289 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13290 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13291 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13292 the selected stack frame.\n\
13293 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13294 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13295 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13296 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13298 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13300 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13301 conditions are different.\n\
13303 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13304 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13305 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13307 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13308 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13309 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13310 last tracepoint set."));
13312 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13314 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13315 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13316 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13317 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13320 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13321 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13322 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13323 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13325 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13327 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13328 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13329 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13330 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13332 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13334 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13335 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13336 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13337 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13338 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13340 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13341 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13342 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13343 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13345 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13346 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13347 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13348 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13349 session to restore them."),
13351 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13353 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13354 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13355 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13357 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13359 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13360 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13362 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13363 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13364 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13365 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13366 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13367 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13368 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13369 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13370 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13371 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13372 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13373 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13375 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13376 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13377 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13378 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13379 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13380 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13381 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13382 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13384 show_pending_break_support
,
13385 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13386 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13388 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13390 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
13391 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
13392 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13393 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13394 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13395 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13396 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13398 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
13399 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13400 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13402 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
13403 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
13404 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13405 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13406 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13407 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13408 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13409 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13410 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13411 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13412 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13413 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13415 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
13416 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13417 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13419 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
13420 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13421 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13422 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13423 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13424 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13425 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13426 or the start of the range\n\
13427 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13428 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13429 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13431 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13432 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13433 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13435 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
13437 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);